1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
31 #include "blockinput.h"
33 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
34 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
35 #include "syssignal.h"
37 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
38 if this is not done before the other system files. */
40 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
42 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
43 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
45 #include <sys/types.h>
48 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
57 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
58 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
61 #include "character.h"
64 #include "dispextern.h"
66 #include "termhooks.h"
69 #include "emacs-icon.h"
74 #include "intervals.h"
80 #include "xsettings.h"
82 #include "sysselect.h"
85 #include <X11/Shell.h>
88 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
99 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
103 #if !defined(NO_EDITRES)
105 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
106 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
108 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
110 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
111 #if defined USE_MOTIF
112 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
113 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
114 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
117 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
118 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
119 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
120 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
121 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
122 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
123 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
125 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
126 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
127 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
128 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
130 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
134 #ifndef XtNinitialState
135 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
139 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
143 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
148 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
151 static int any_help_event_p
;
153 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
154 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
156 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
159 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
161 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
162 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
163 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
164 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
166 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
168 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
169 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
170 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
171 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
173 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
175 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
177 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
179 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
184 } pending_event_wait
;
187 /* The application context for Xt use. */
188 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
189 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
191 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
193 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
194 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
196 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
197 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
198 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
200 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
204 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
205 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
206 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
207 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
209 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
211 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
212 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
213 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
214 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
215 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
216 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
217 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
218 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
219 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
222 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
224 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
225 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
226 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
228 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
230 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
231 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
234 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
235 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
238 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
240 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
241 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
242 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
243 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
244 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
245 it's somewhat accurate. */
247 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
249 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
251 static Time last_user_time
;
253 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
257 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
259 static int input_signal_count
;
262 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
264 static int x_noop_count
;
266 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
268 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
269 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
272 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
273 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
275 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
276 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
279 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
280 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
284 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
289 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
290 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
291 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
292 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
294 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
295 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
296 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
298 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
299 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
300 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
301 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
302 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
305 /* Used in x_flush. */
307 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
308 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
309 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
310 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
311 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
312 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
314 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
315 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
316 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
317 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
318 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
319 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
320 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
321 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
322 static void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int) NO_RETURN
;
323 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
324 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
325 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
326 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
327 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
328 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
329 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
330 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
331 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
332 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
333 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
334 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
336 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
337 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
338 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
339 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
340 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
341 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
342 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
343 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
344 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
346 static void x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
347 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
348 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
349 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
350 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
351 int *, struct input_event
*);
353 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
355 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
356 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
357 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
358 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
359 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, int);
360 static void x_initialize (void);
363 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
366 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
368 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
369 connection may be broken. */
370 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
376 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
377 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
378 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
379 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
381 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
382 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
387 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
388 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
389 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
390 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
391 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
394 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
397 /***********************************************************************
399 ***********************************************************************/
403 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
404 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
412 struct record event_record
[100];
414 int event_record_index
;
417 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
419 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
420 event_record_index
= 0;
422 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
423 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
424 event_record_index
++;
431 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
433 struct x_display_info
*
434 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
436 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
438 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
439 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
445 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
448 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
450 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
451 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
452 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
454 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
457 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
458 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
459 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
460 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
462 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
467 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
468 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
469 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
470 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
474 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
476 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
479 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
481 /* return unless necessary */
486 unsigned long n
, left
;
488 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
489 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
490 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
491 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
494 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
496 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
497 XFree ((void *) data
);
506 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
507 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
508 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
513 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
515 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
519 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
521 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
525 /***********************************************************************
526 Starting and ending an update
527 ***********************************************************************/
529 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
530 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
531 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
532 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
533 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
536 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
542 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
543 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
547 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
549 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
550 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
553 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
557 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
559 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
560 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
562 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
564 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
565 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
572 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
575 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
577 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
580 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
582 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
585 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
586 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
589 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
591 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
592 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
594 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
595 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
596 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
598 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
599 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
603 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
605 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
607 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
612 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
614 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
616 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
617 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
622 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
623 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
624 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
626 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
627 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
628 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
631 updated_window
= NULL
;
635 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
639 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
641 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
642 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
646 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
652 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
653 complete update has been performed. The global variable
654 updated_window is not available here. */
657 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
661 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
663 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
664 || f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
667 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
668 note_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
669 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
670 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
671 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
678 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
679 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
680 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
681 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
682 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
683 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
686 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
688 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
694 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
695 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
697 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
698 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
699 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
700 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
701 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
702 overhead is very small. */
703 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
704 && desired_row
->full_width_p
705 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
706 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
708 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
711 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
714 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
715 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
716 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
717 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
718 y
, width
, height
, False
);
724 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
726 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
727 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
728 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
729 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
730 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
732 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
733 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
737 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
739 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
740 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
741 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
742 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
744 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
746 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
748 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
749 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
750 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
751 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
752 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
753 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
754 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
755 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
757 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
761 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
762 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
763 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
767 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
768 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
769 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
770 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
774 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
776 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
777 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
779 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
784 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
786 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
787 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
789 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
790 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
795 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
796 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
799 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
805 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
806 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
810 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
812 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
814 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
816 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
818 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
819 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
821 face
->background
, depth
);
825 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
826 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
829 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
830 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
831 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
832 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
835 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
836 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
837 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
841 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
842 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
843 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
847 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
852 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
853 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
854 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
858 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
862 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
863 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
866 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
871 /***********************************************************************
873 ***********************************************************************/
877 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
878 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
879 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
881 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
882 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
883 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
884 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
885 static void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int) NO_RETURN
;
886 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
887 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
888 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
889 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
890 static int x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
891 unsigned long *, double, int);
892 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
893 double, int, unsigned long);
894 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
895 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
896 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
897 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
898 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
899 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
901 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
902 int, int, int, int, int, int,
904 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
905 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
906 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
909 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
913 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
917 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
919 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
920 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
921 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
923 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
926 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
930 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
931 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
933 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
934 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
935 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
936 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
937 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
938 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
939 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
941 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
942 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
943 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
945 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
946 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
949 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
950 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
951 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
953 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
954 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
957 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
958 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
960 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
965 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
968 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
973 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
974 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
975 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
977 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
979 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
980 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
982 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
983 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
984 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
986 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
990 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
995 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
996 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
997 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
998 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1000 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1001 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1004 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1005 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1007 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1010 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1014 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1015 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1016 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1019 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1021 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1025 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1026 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1030 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1032 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1034 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1036 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1037 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1039 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1041 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1042 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1044 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1046 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1049 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1051 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1052 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1054 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1055 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1057 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1058 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1062 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1063 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1066 /* GC must have been set. */
1067 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1071 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1072 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1075 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1077 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1078 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1081 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1086 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1087 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1091 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1096 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1098 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1101 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1106 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1109 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1112 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1113 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1115 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1117 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1119 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1120 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1123 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1124 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1125 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1129 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1131 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1133 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1134 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1135 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1139 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1140 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1145 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1148 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1151 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1152 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1153 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1154 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1158 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1159 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1160 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1161 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1162 contains the first component of a composition. */
1165 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1167 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1168 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1169 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1171 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1175 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1176 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1177 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1178 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1179 s
->background_width
,
1180 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1181 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1182 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1184 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1185 || s
->font_not_found_p
1186 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1189 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1190 s
->background_width
,
1191 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1192 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1198 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1201 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1205 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1206 of S to the right of that box line. */
1207 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1208 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1209 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1213 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1215 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1217 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1219 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1220 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1221 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1223 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1228 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1229 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1232 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1233 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1235 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1237 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1238 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1240 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1241 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1242 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1246 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1249 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1252 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1254 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1255 of S to the right of that box line. */
1256 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1257 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1258 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1262 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1263 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1264 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1265 this composition. */
1267 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1268 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1269 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1271 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1272 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1273 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1275 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1279 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1280 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1282 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1283 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1285 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1286 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1287 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1292 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1297 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1299 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1300 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1301 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1304 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1308 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1309 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1310 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1313 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1314 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1315 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1316 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1317 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1318 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1326 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1327 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1328 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1334 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1337 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1339 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1343 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1344 of S to the right of that box line. */
1345 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1346 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1347 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1353 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1355 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1356 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1358 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1361 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1362 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1366 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1367 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1368 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1369 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1370 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1371 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1374 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1376 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1377 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1378 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1384 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1387 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1388 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1390 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1391 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1393 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1394 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1395 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1397 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1398 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1399 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1402 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1403 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1404 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1405 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1406 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1407 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1411 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1413 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget (Widget
);
1414 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1415 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1416 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1417 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1420 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1421 cannot be determined. */
1423 static struct frame
*
1424 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1426 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1430 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1432 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1433 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1434 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1435 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1436 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1437 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1439 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1440 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1441 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1442 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1443 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1445 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1446 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1447 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1454 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1455 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1456 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1457 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1458 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1459 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1462 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1463 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1465 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1466 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1470 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1471 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1473 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1475 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1477 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1482 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1483 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1485 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1488 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1490 DPY is the display we are working on.
1492 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1493 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1494 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1495 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1497 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1498 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1500 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1501 we allocated the color or not.
1503 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1506 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1507 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1508 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1518 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1519 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1521 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1525 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1526 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1527 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1529 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1531 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1532 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1534 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1536 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1537 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1539 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1540 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1542 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1543 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1548 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1550 params
[0] = color_name
;
1551 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1552 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1553 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1558 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1560 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1562 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1566 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1570 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1571 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1574 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1579 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1580 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1581 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1583 APP is the application context in which we work.
1585 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1586 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1587 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1589 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1592 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1597 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1599 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1602 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1604 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1605 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1606 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1607 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1608 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1613 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1616 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1617 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1618 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1619 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1621 static const XColor
*
1622 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1624 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1626 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1628 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1631 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1632 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1633 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1634 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1635 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1637 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1638 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1640 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1641 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1644 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1645 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1649 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1650 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1653 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1655 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1657 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1660 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1662 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1663 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1664 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1665 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1669 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1673 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1674 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1677 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1679 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1683 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1684 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1685 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1689 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1693 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1696 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1697 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1698 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1699 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1701 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~ (unsigned long) 0;
1703 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1705 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1707 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1708 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1709 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1710 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1712 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1715 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1719 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1720 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1721 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1722 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1726 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1727 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1728 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1729 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1730 XColor
*cached_color
;
1732 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1733 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1734 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1735 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1736 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1738 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1739 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1740 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1744 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1746 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1747 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1753 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1754 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1755 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1759 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1761 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1762 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1766 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1767 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1768 get color reference counts right. */
1771 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1775 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1777 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1778 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1780 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1781 register_color (pixel
);
1787 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1790 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1791 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1792 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1793 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1794 use an additional additive factor.
1796 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1797 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1798 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1801 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1802 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1803 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1804 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1805 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1806 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1809 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1815 /* Get RGB color values. */
1816 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1817 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1819 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1820 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1821 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1822 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1823 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1825 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1826 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1828 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1829 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1830 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1831 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1832 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1834 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1835 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1836 /* The additive adjustment. */
1837 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1841 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1842 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1843 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1847 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1848 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1849 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1853 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1854 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1857 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1859 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1860 delta to the RGB values. */
1861 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1863 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1864 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1865 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1866 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1877 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1878 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1879 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1880 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1881 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1882 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1885 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1888 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1889 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1890 unsigned long pixel
;
1891 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1892 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1893 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1894 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1896 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1897 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1899 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1900 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1901 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1903 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1905 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1906 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1909 /* Allocate new color. */
1910 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1912 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1913 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1915 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1916 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1919 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1921 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1923 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1926 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1930 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1933 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1935 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1936 unsigned long color
;
1938 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1939 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1940 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1942 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1943 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1948 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1949 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1950 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1953 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1954 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1956 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1957 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1958 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1959 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1960 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1965 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1966 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1967 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1968 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1969 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1970 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1974 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1975 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1976 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1977 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1979 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1980 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1985 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1987 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1988 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1990 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1991 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1992 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
1999 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2000 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2001 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2003 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2004 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2005 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2006 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2013 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2015 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2016 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2018 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2019 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2020 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2023 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2025 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2027 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2028 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2032 /* Outermost top line. */
2034 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2035 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2036 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2038 /* Outermost left line. */
2040 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2046 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2047 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2048 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2049 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2050 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2051 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2052 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2058 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2059 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2060 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2061 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2062 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2065 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2069 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2070 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2071 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2072 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2073 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2074 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2077 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2078 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2079 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2083 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2084 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2085 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2088 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2089 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2093 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2094 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2097 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2098 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2102 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2103 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2105 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2106 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2110 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2113 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2115 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2116 int left_p
, right_p
;
2117 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2118 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2120 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2121 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2122 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2124 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2125 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2127 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2129 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2130 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2132 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2134 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2136 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2138 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2139 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2141 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2142 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2143 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2145 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2147 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2149 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2150 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2151 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2154 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2155 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2156 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2161 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2164 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2167 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2169 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2170 right of that line. */
2171 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2172 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2174 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2176 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2178 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2179 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2180 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2181 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2187 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2188 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2189 trust on the shape extension to be available
2190 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2192 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2195 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2197 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2198 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2199 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2200 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2201 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2203 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2206 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2207 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2208 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2209 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2210 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2211 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2215 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2217 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2220 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2221 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2222 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2223 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2224 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2225 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2227 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2228 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2229 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2230 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2231 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2232 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2233 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2235 int relief
= s
->img
->relief
;
2236 if (relief
< 0) relief
= -relief
;
2237 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2238 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2239 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2240 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2245 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2246 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2247 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2251 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2254 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2256 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, extra
;
2259 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2261 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2262 right of that line. */
2263 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2264 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2266 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2268 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2270 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2271 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2272 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2273 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2275 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2276 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2278 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2279 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2283 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2284 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2287 extra
= s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
2288 ? XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
) : 0;
2290 x0
= x
- thick
- extra
;
2291 y0
= y
- thick
- extra
;
2292 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2293 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2295 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2296 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2297 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2299 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2301 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2306 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2309 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2312 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2314 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2315 right of that line. */
2316 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2317 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2319 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2321 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2323 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2324 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2325 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2326 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2332 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2333 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2334 trust on the shape extension to be available
2335 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2337 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2341 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2342 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2343 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2344 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2345 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2347 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2348 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2349 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2350 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2354 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2355 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2356 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2358 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2359 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2360 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2361 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2362 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2363 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2364 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2366 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2368 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2369 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2370 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2375 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2376 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2377 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2381 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2382 give the rectangle to draw. */
2385 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2389 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2390 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2391 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2392 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2395 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2399 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2402 s->x +-------------------------
2405 | +-------------------------
2408 | | +-------------------
2414 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2416 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2417 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2419 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2422 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2423 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2424 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2425 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2427 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2428 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2430 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2431 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2435 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2436 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2440 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2441 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2442 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2443 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2444 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2446 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2447 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2448 s
->background_width
,
2451 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2453 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2455 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2458 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2459 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2460 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2461 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2462 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2463 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2464 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2469 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2471 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2472 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2473 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2474 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2482 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2484 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2486 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2487 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2489 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2492 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2495 /* Draw the foreground. */
2498 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2499 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2500 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2501 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2502 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2505 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2507 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2509 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2510 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2511 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2515 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2518 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2520 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2522 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2523 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2525 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2526 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2527 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2530 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2532 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2536 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2542 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2544 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2546 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2547 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2548 x
+= background_width
;
2550 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2551 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2555 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2557 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2558 if (width
< background_width
)
2561 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2565 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2569 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2570 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2572 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2578 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2579 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2581 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2583 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2584 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2585 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2586 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2591 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2592 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2593 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2594 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2598 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2600 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2601 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2603 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2604 except for header line and mode line. */
2605 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2607 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2610 if (background_width
> 0)
2611 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2614 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2618 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2621 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2623 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2625 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2626 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2627 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2628 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2631 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2633 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2634 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2635 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2636 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2638 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2639 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2640 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2641 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2643 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2644 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2648 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2649 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2651 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2652 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2653 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2654 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2655 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2656 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2659 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2660 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2661 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2662 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2665 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2667 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2668 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2669 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2670 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2671 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2672 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2674 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2676 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2679 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2683 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2687 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2688 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2690 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2691 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2694 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2695 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2696 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2697 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2699 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2700 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2703 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2704 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2705 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2707 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2708 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2715 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2717 /* Draw underline. */
2718 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2720 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2723 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2725 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2726 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2727 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2731 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2732 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2733 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2736 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2737 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2740 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2741 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2742 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2743 specs, and its default is
2745 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2746 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2748 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2749 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2750 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2752 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2754 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2756 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2758 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2759 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2760 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2761 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2762 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2763 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2764 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2765 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2766 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2767 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2768 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2769 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2773 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2774 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2775 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2776 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2777 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2781 /* Draw overline. */
2782 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2784 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2786 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2787 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2792 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2793 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2794 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2796 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2800 /* Draw strike-through. */
2801 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2803 unsigned long h
= 1;
2804 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2806 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2807 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2812 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2813 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2814 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2816 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2820 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2821 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2822 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2826 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2828 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2829 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2830 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2832 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2833 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2834 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2837 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2838 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2839 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2840 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2842 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2843 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2845 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2851 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2853 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2854 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2855 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2857 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2858 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2859 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2862 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2863 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2864 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2865 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2867 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2868 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2870 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2875 /* Reset clipping. */
2876 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2880 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2883 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2885 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2886 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2887 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2891 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2895 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2901 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2902 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2905 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2907 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2908 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2912 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2915 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2917 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2919 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2920 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2921 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2923 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2924 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2927 /* The following call is commented out because it does not seem to accomplish
2928 anything, apart from causing flickering during window resize. */
2929 /* XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); */
2931 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
2932 something like that, then they should be notified. */
2933 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2935 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2936 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2937 redisplay, do it here. */
2938 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2939 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2942 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2949 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2951 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2952 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2954 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2957 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2958 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2961 timeval_subtract (struct timeval
*result
, struct timeval x
, struct timeval y
)
2963 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2964 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2965 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2967 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2968 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2972 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2974 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2975 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2979 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2981 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2982 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2984 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2986 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2990 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
2996 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
2997 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
2998 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3000 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3001 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3002 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3003 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3005 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3009 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3012 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3013 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3014 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3015 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3016 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3017 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3018 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3019 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3020 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3023 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3024 pixels into background pixels. */
3028 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3029 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3030 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3032 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3033 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3037 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3038 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3039 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3040 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3041 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3042 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3043 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3047 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3048 edge it is next to. */
3049 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3051 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3052 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3055 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3056 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3063 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3065 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3066 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3068 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3070 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3071 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3072 width
, flash_height
);
3073 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3075 (height
- flash_height
3076 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3077 width
, flash_height
);
3081 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3082 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3083 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3084 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3089 struct timeval wakeup
;
3091 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3093 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3094 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3095 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3096 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3098 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3100 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3102 struct timeval current
;
3103 struct timeval timeout
;
3105 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3107 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3108 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3111 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3113 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3115 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3116 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3120 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3121 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3123 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3125 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3126 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3127 width
, flash_height
);
3128 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3130 (height
- flash_height
3131 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3132 width
, flash_height
);
3135 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3136 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3137 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3138 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3144 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3146 #undef XFillRectangle
3148 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3157 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3161 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3166 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3167 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3168 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3171 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3172 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3173 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3178 /* Make audible bell. */
3181 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3183 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3185 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3192 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3193 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3200 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3201 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3202 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3203 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3206 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3208 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3213 /***********************************************************************
3215 ***********************************************************************/
3217 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3218 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3221 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3227 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3230 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3232 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3233 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3235 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3236 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3238 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3240 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3241 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3242 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3246 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3247 line at the bottom. */
3248 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3249 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3251 height
= run
->height
;
3255 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3257 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3258 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3260 height
= run
->height
;
3265 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3269 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3270 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3271 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3281 /***********************************************************************
3283 ***********************************************************************/
3287 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3289 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3290 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3291 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3292 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3294 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3295 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3297 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3298 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3302 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3304 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3305 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3306 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3307 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3309 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3310 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3312 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3313 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3316 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3317 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3318 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3319 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3320 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3323 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3325 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3327 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3329 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3330 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3331 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3333 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3334 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3336 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3337 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3339 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3342 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3345 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3346 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3347 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3350 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3352 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3354 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3356 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3357 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3359 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3360 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3361 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3362 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3363 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3365 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3366 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3370 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3373 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3374 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3377 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3379 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3381 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3383 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3384 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3388 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3389 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3391 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3392 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3396 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3397 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3399 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3402 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3404 struct frame
*frame
;
3406 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3410 switch (event
->type
)
3415 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3417 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3419 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3420 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3421 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3422 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3424 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3430 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3431 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3432 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3433 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3437 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3439 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3440 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3441 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3448 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3449 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3452 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3454 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3458 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3459 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3460 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3462 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3463 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3464 the appropriate X display info. */
3467 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3469 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3473 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3475 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3477 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3479 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3480 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3481 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3482 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3483 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3485 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3486 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3490 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3492 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3495 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3496 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3497 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3503 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3505 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3507 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3509 int min_code
, max_code
;
3512 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3514 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3515 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3516 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3517 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3518 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3520 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3522 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3523 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3525 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3527 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3528 Alt keysyms are on. */
3530 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3531 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3533 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3535 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3536 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3538 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3540 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3544 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3548 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3550 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3556 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3557 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3562 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3563 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3568 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3569 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3570 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3571 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3576 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3577 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3578 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3579 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3583 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3584 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3585 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3586 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3587 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3596 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3597 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3599 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3600 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3603 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3604 make them just meta, not alt. */
3605 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3607 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3610 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3611 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3614 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3618 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3620 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3621 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3622 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3623 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3626 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3627 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3628 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3629 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3630 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3631 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3632 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3633 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3636 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3637 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3638 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3639 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3640 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3641 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3645 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3647 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3648 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3649 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3650 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3654 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3655 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3656 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3657 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3658 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3659 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3660 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3661 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3664 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3665 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3666 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3667 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3668 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3669 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3672 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3675 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3680 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3688 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3690 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3692 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3696 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3698 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3700 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3701 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3702 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3703 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3705 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3709 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3710 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3711 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3717 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3718 The input handler calls this.
3720 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3721 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3722 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3723 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3725 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3726 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3729 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3731 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3732 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3733 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3735 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3738 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3740 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3741 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3742 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3743 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3748 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3749 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3750 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3751 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3752 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3753 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3755 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3756 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3757 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3758 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3759 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3760 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3768 /************************************************************************
3770 ************************************************************************/
3773 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3775 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3776 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3777 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3778 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3779 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3784 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3785 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3787 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3788 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3789 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3790 position on the scroll bar.
3792 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3793 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3796 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3797 was at this position.
3799 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3801 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3805 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3806 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3807 long unsigned int *timestamp
)
3813 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3814 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3820 Window dummy_window
;
3823 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3825 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3826 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3827 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3828 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3829 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3831 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3833 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3834 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3835 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3837 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3840 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3841 a different screen. */
3844 /* The position on that root window. */
3847 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3850 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3852 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3854 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3855 containing the pointer. */
3859 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3863 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3864 structure is changing at the same time this function
3865 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3867 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3869 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3870 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3872 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3873 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3874 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3876 /* From-window, to-window. */
3877 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3879 /* From-position, to-position. */
3880 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3884 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3890 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3892 /* From-window, to-window. */
3895 /* From-position, to-position. */
3896 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3901 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3904 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3905 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3906 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3907 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3908 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3916 /* Now we know that:
3917 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3918 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3919 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3920 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3921 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3922 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3923 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3924 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3925 never use them in that case.) */
3928 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3929 want the edit window. */
3930 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3932 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3933 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3936 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3937 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3940 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3941 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3943 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3946 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3949 x_uncatch_errors ();
3951 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3954 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3956 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3960 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3966 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3967 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3971 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3972 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3973 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3974 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3975 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3976 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3977 the frame are divided into. */
3979 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3980 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3985 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3986 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3987 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3997 /***********************************************************************
3999 ***********************************************************************/
4001 /* Scroll bar support. */
4003 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4005 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4008 static struct scroll_bar
*
4009 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4013 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4014 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4015 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4017 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4019 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4021 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4022 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4023 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4026 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4029 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4031 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4032 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4033 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4034 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4035 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4038 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4039 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4040 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4041 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4048 #if defined USE_LUCID
4050 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4051 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4054 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4058 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4060 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4062 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4063 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4065 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4073 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4076 /************************************************************************
4078 ************************************************************************/
4080 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4082 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4083 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4084 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4085 struct scroll_bar
*);
4086 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4090 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4091 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4093 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4095 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4097 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4099 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4100 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4103 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4105 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4107 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4109 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4110 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4111 to avoid jerkyness. */
4113 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4115 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4116 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4117 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4118 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4121 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4122 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4125 const char *end_action
;
4128 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4129 end_action
= "Release";
4130 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4131 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4132 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4133 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4136 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4137 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4141 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4142 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4143 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4145 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4147 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4148 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4149 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4151 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4152 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4154 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4155 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4158 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4160 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4161 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4163 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4164 static size_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4167 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4168 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4169 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4170 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4173 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4176 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4177 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4178 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4183 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4184 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4185 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4186 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4187 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4190 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4191 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4192 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4193 into that array in the event. */
4194 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4195 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4198 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4200 size_t new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4201 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4202 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4204 if ((size_t) -1 / sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
< new_size
)
4206 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4208 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4209 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4212 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4213 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4214 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4215 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4216 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4217 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4219 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4220 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4221 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4222 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4225 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4226 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4227 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4228 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4233 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4237 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4239 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4243 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4244 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4246 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4248 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4249 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4252 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4255 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4257 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4258 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4259 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4260 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4261 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4267 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4269 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4272 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4273 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4274 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4277 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4279 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4280 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4281 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4285 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4286 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4287 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4290 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4291 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4292 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4295 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4296 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4297 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4300 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4301 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4302 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4306 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4307 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4310 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4311 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4312 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4319 /* Get the slider size. */
4321 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4324 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4325 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4326 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4327 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4331 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4337 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4338 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4339 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4343 #elif defined USE_GTK
4345 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4346 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4349 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4350 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4354 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4356 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4357 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4358 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4360 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4361 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4366 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4367 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4368 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4369 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4371 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4372 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4373 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4374 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4375 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4378 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4379 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4380 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4382 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4383 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4384 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4386 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4387 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4388 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4390 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4391 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4392 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4398 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4399 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4400 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4406 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4409 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4410 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4413 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4414 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4415 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4417 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4418 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4419 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4426 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4428 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4429 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4430 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4434 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4436 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4437 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4439 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4442 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4444 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4448 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4450 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4451 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4452 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4453 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4454 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4456 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4458 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4460 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4461 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4462 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4463 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4467 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4468 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4469 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4470 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4471 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4472 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4473 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4476 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4478 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4479 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4480 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4484 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4486 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4489 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4490 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4492 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4493 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4494 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4495 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4497 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4499 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4500 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4501 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4502 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4505 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4507 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4509 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4510 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4514 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4516 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4519 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4520 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4525 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4528 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4534 char const *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4535 unsigned long pixel
;
4540 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4541 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4542 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4543 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4544 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4545 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4546 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4547 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4549 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4552 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4556 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4559 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4563 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4564 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4566 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4567 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4569 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4571 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4573 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4575 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4577 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4579 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4582 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4583 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4585 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4586 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4587 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4588 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4590 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4592 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4593 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4594 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4595 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4596 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4597 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4598 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4599 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4601 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4604 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4608 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4611 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4615 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4617 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4618 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4620 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4623 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4624 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4625 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4627 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4630 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4632 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4635 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4636 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4637 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4639 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4643 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4644 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4645 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4646 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4647 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4648 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4649 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4652 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4653 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4657 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4658 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4659 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4661 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4663 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4666 /* Specify the colors. */
4667 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4670 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4673 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4676 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4682 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4683 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4686 char const *initial
= "";
4687 char const *val
= initial
;
4688 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4689 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4690 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4692 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4693 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4694 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4695 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4696 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4697 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4701 /* Define callbacks. */
4702 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4703 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4706 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4707 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4709 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4711 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4712 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4713 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4714 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4716 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4717 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4718 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4719 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4723 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4726 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4727 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4731 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4733 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4736 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4738 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4741 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4742 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4749 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4750 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4751 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4752 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4753 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4754 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4755 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4756 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4757 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4758 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4759 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4760 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4761 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4762 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4769 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4770 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4773 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4777 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4778 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4780 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4781 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4782 size
= max (size
, 1);
4784 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4785 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4786 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4788 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4790 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4796 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4797 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4801 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4803 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4804 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4805 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4809 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4810 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4811 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4814 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4815 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4817 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4818 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4819 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4820 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4822 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4823 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4826 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4827 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4828 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4830 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4834 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4838 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4840 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4844 /************************************************************************
4845 Scroll bars, general
4846 ************************************************************************/
4848 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4849 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4850 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4853 static struct scroll_bar
*
4854 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4856 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4857 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4858 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4862 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4863 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4864 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4866 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4870 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4871 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4872 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4874 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4875 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4877 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4879 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4881 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4882 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4883 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4884 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4885 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4887 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4889 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4890 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4891 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4893 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4895 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4902 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4904 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4906 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4910 bar
->height
= height
;
4913 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4914 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4916 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4917 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4919 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4920 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4921 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4923 /* Map the window/widget. */
4924 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4927 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4930 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4931 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4933 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4934 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4935 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4936 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4938 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4939 max (height
, 1), 0);
4940 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4941 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4943 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4944 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4945 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4952 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4954 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4956 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4957 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4958 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4961 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4962 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4963 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4964 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4965 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4968 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
4970 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4971 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
4972 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4973 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4975 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4977 && start
== bar
->start
4984 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
4985 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
4986 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
4988 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4989 the distance between start and end. */
4991 int length
= end
- start
;
4995 else if (start
> top_range
)
4997 end
= start
+ length
;
5001 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5005 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5009 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5010 if (end
> top_range
)
5013 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5014 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5015 that many pixels tall. */
5016 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5018 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5019 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5021 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5022 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5023 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5024 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5025 inside_width
, start
,
5028 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5029 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5030 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5031 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5033 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5034 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5035 /* x, y, width, height */
5036 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5037 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5038 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5040 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5041 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5042 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5043 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5045 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5046 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5047 if (end
< inside_height
)
5048 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5049 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5050 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5051 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5052 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5060 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5062 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5066 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5068 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5071 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5073 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5074 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5075 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5076 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5078 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5081 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5082 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5088 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5089 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5090 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5094 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5096 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5097 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5098 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5099 int window_y
, window_height
;
5100 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5101 int fringe_extended_p
;
5104 /* Get window dimensions. */
5105 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5107 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5108 height
= window_height
;
5110 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5111 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5113 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5114 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5115 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5116 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5120 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5121 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5122 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5123 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5125 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5127 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5128 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5133 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5134 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5135 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5136 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5137 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5138 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5140 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5141 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5142 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5143 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5146 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5147 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5149 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5152 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5153 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5154 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5155 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5158 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5159 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5163 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5167 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5168 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5170 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5174 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5176 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5178 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5180 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5183 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5185 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5186 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5188 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5189 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5190 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5192 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5193 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5194 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5196 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5197 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5200 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5203 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5204 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5206 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5207 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5208 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5210 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5211 max (height
, 1), 0);
5212 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5214 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5216 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5217 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5218 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5220 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5221 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5223 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5224 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5225 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5229 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5230 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5231 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5234 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5235 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5236 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5238 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5239 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5240 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5241 rest
, height
, False
);
5243 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5244 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5248 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5253 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5255 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5257 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5261 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5263 /* Remember new settings. */
5264 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5266 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5267 bar
->height
= height
;
5272 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5273 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5275 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5276 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5277 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5279 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5281 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5284 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5287 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5288 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5289 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5292 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5294 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5298 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5299 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5300 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5301 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5302 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5303 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5304 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5306 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5307 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5308 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5311 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5313 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5314 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5317 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5318 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5319 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5320 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5321 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5322 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5323 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5328 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5329 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5332 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5334 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5337 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5338 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5341 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5343 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5344 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5345 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5347 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5349 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5350 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5352 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5353 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5354 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5356 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5357 one or the other! */
5361 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5363 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5364 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5366 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5368 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5369 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5370 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5373 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5374 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5377 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5379 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5381 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5383 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5384 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5385 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5387 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5389 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5391 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5394 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5397 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5398 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5402 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5403 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5404 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5406 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5410 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5412 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5413 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5414 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5415 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5419 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5421 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5422 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5423 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5424 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5426 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5427 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5429 /* x, y, width, height */
5431 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5434 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5435 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5436 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5437 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5442 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5444 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5445 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5447 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5452 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5454 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5457 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5458 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5459 emacs_event
->modifiers
5460 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5461 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5462 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5463 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5466 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5467 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5468 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5471 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5472 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5475 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5478 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5479 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5480 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5482 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5484 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5485 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5486 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5487 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5489 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5490 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5492 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5493 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5497 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5498 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5502 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5504 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5506 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5510 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5512 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5514 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5517 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5519 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5520 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5522 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5523 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5525 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5527 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5529 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5534 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5536 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5537 on the scroll bar. */
5540 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5541 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5542 Lisp_Object
*y
, long unsigned int *timestamp
)
5544 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5545 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5546 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5548 Window dummy_window
;
5550 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5554 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5556 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5558 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5559 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5560 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5562 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5565 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5571 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5573 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5575 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5576 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5580 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5584 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5586 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5587 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5588 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5589 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5590 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5591 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5593 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5595 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5596 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5599 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5602 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5608 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5609 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5610 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5614 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5616 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5619 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5620 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5621 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5622 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5623 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5624 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5625 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5626 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5628 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5632 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5634 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5635 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5636 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5637 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5639 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5640 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5642 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5644 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5645 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5647 static int temp_index
;
5648 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5650 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5651 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5653 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5655 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5656 on a particular display. */
5658 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5660 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5661 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5662 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5663 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5665 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5667 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_GTK
5668 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5671 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5672 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5673 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5674 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5675 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5676 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5688 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5689 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5690 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5692 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5694 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5698 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5700 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5701 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5702 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5705 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5706 event
->xclient
.window
);
5708 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5713 static int current_count
;
5714 static int current_finish
;
5715 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5717 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5718 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5719 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5720 static GdkFilterReturn
5721 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5723 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5726 if (current_count
>= 0)
5728 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5730 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5733 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5734 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5735 so we do it here. */
5736 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5738 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5741 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5746 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5749 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5753 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5757 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5758 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5760 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5762 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5765 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5766 enum xembed_message
,
5767 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5769 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5771 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5772 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5773 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5775 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5778 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5779 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5782 struct input_event ie
;
5783 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5788 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5789 struct coding_system coding
;
5790 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5791 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5793 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5795 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5796 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5799 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5800 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5806 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5807 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5808 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5810 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5811 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5813 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5814 could be the shell widget window
5815 if the frame has no title bar. */
5816 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5818 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5819 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5820 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5822 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5823 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5824 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5825 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5826 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5829 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5830 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5831 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5832 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5835 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5836 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5837 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5840 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5841 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5842 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5844 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5845 /* The ICCCM says this is
5846 the only valid choice. */
5848 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5849 /* This is needed to detect the error
5850 if there is an error. */
5852 x_uncatch_errors ();
5854 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5859 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5860 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5862 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5863 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5864 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5865 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5866 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5867 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5868 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5869 session manager and one for this. */
5871 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5874 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5875 event
.xclient
.window
);
5876 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5877 for a single Emacs process. */
5878 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5879 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5880 event
.xclient
.window
,
5881 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5883 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5884 event
.xclient
.window
,
5890 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5891 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5893 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5894 event
.xclient
.window
);
5896 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5898 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5899 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5906 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5907 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5912 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5913 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5916 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5918 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5919 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5923 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5930 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5931 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5933 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5935 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5939 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5941 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5942 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5943 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5944 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5946 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5947 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5948 currently never do because we are interested in
5949 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5950 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5951 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5954 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5955 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5959 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5960 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5961 we construct an input_event. */
5962 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5963 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5965 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5966 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5969 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5971 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5972 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5973 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5975 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5976 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5977 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
5979 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5983 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
5985 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5988 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5989 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5993 case SelectionNotify
:
5994 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
5995 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5996 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5998 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5999 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6002 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6003 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6004 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6005 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6007 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6009 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6011 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6012 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6013 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6014 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6015 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6019 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6020 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6021 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6022 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6024 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6026 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6028 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6029 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6030 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6031 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6032 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6033 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6034 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6035 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6039 case PropertyNotify
:
6040 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6041 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6042 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6043 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
6045 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6046 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6049 case ReparentNotify
:
6050 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6054 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6055 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6059 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6060 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6061 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6066 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6070 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6071 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6072 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6073 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6074 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6077 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6079 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6080 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6081 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6082 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6086 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6087 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6091 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6092 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6094 #if defined USE_LUCID
6095 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6096 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6097 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6100 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6102 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6104 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6106 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6107 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6109 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6110 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6111 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6114 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6115 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6118 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6119 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6123 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6124 source area was obscured or not
6126 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6130 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6131 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6132 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6134 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6137 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6140 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6141 source area was completely
6146 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6147 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6150 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6153 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6154 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6155 the frame was deleted. */
6157 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6158 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6159 display that won't ever be seen. */
6160 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6161 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6162 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6163 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6164 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6165 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6166 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6167 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6169 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6171 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6172 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6178 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6179 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6180 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6183 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6184 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6185 frame is visible. */
6186 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6189 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6190 the frame's display structures.
6191 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6192 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6193 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6194 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6195 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6196 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6198 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6199 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6200 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6201 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6203 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6204 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6205 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6209 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6210 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6212 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6213 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6214 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6215 to update the frame titles
6216 in case this is the second frame. */
6217 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6220 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6227 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6228 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6230 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6231 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6232 if (popup_activated ())
6236 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6238 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6239 mouse highlighting. */
6240 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6242 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6244 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6245 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6248 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6251 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6252 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6253 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6255 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6257 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6258 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6261 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6265 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6266 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6267 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6270 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6271 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6272 status_return even if the input is too long to
6273 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6274 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6275 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6276 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6277 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6278 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6279 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6281 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6285 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6286 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6287 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6289 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6293 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6294 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6295 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6297 /* This will have to go some day... */
6299 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6300 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6301 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6302 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6303 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6304 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6305 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6307 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6308 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6309 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6310 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6311 not it is combined with Meta. */
6312 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6313 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6318 Status status_return
;
6320 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6321 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6322 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6323 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6325 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6327 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6328 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6329 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6330 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6331 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6334 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6335 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6337 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6342 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6343 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6347 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6348 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6351 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6352 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6356 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6357 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6358 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6361 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6362 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6364 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6365 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6367 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6368 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6370 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6371 translations to characters. */
6372 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6373 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6375 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6376 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6380 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6381 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6383 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6384 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6386 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6387 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6391 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6392 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6393 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6397 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6398 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6399 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6400 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6404 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6405 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6406 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6407 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6408 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6409 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6411 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6412 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6414 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6415 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6416 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6417 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6418 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6419 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6421 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6422 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6424 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6425 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6427 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6428 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6430 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6431 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6433 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6434 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6436 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6437 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6439 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6440 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6442 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6443 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6445 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6446 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6448 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6449 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6451 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6452 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6454 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6455 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6457 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6458 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6460 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6461 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6462 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6463 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6464 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6465 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6466 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6467 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6468 don't have real modifiers but
6469 should be treated similarly to
6470 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6471 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6472 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6474 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6475 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6479 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6480 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6482 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6483 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6487 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6491 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6493 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6495 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6498 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6500 /* Decode the input data. */
6503 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6504 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6505 we used just above and the locale. */
6506 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6507 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6508 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6509 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6510 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6511 gives us composition information. */
6512 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6514 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6515 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6516 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6517 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6518 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6519 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6520 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6521 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6524 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6525 character events. */
6526 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6529 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6530 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6532 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6533 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6534 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6535 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6537 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6542 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6544 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6550 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6551 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6559 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6561 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6562 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6570 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6571 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6573 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6575 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6576 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6578 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6579 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6580 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6581 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6583 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6584 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6585 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6586 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6591 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6595 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6596 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6598 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6601 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6603 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6604 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6605 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6606 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6609 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6610 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6611 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6612 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6613 if (any_help_event_p
)
6617 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6618 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6619 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6624 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6629 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6630 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6631 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6633 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6634 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6635 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6637 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6639 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6641 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6642 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6646 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6652 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6653 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6654 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6658 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6659 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6662 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6663 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6664 will be selected only when it is active. */
6665 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6666 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6667 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6668 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6669 create event iff we don't leave the
6671 && (focus_follows_mouse
6672 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6673 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6675 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6676 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6681 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6682 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6686 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6687 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6688 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6689 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6692 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6693 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6695 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6696 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6697 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6700 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6701 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6702 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6703 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6708 case ConfigureNotify
:
6709 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6712 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6713 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6715 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6716 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6722 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6724 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6725 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6727 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6728 is called by the code that handles resizing
6729 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6731 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6732 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6733 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6734 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6735 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6736 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6737 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6739 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6740 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6741 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6744 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6745 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6746 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6750 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6751 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6752 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6753 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6756 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6760 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6761 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6770 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6771 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6774 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6775 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6776 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6778 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6780 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6781 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6783 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6786 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6791 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6792 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6793 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6796 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6797 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6799 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6800 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6802 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6804 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6805 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6806 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6807 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6812 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6813 if (! popup_activated ())
6816 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6818 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6819 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6821 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6822 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6824 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6825 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6828 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6830 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6831 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6832 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6836 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6837 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6838 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6840 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6841 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6843 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6845 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6846 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6848 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6850 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6851 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6854 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6856 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6857 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6860 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6863 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6865 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6866 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6867 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6871 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6872 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6873 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6874 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6875 Instead, save it away
6876 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6877 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6878 if (! popup_activated ()
6880 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6881 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6883 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6884 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6885 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6886 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6887 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6888 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6889 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6890 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6892 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6893 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6894 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6896 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6898 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6903 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6907 case CirculateNotify
:
6910 case CirculateRequest
:
6913 case VisibilityNotify
:
6917 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6919 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6921 case MappingModifier
:
6922 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6923 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6924 case MappingKeyboard
:
6925 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6930 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6935 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6937 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6938 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6940 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6945 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6947 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6952 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6957 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6963 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6964 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6965 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6969 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6970 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6979 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
6981 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6982 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6983 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6985 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6987 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
6989 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6990 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6992 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6995 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7002 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7003 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7004 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7006 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7007 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7008 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7011 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7014 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, int expected
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7017 int event_found
= 0;
7019 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7021 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7023 pending_signals
= 1;
7028 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7030 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7034 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7035 input_signal_count
++;
7039 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7040 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7042 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7043 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7047 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7052 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7055 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7056 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7061 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7062 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7064 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7072 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7073 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7074 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7075 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7077 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7078 from all displays. */
7080 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7082 current_count
= count
;
7083 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7085 gtk_main_iteration ();
7087 count
= current_count
;
7089 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7091 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7094 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7096 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7097 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7100 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7101 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7102 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7104 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7108 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7109 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7111 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7113 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7114 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7118 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7120 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7121 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7123 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7124 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7136 /***********************************************************************
7138 ***********************************************************************/
7140 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7141 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7143 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7144 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7145 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7148 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7150 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7151 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7152 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7154 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7156 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7157 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7158 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7159 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7160 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7162 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7166 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7169 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7171 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7172 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7173 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7176 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7179 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7180 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7181 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7182 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7185 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7186 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7187 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7189 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7190 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7191 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7192 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7193 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7195 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7196 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7197 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7199 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7200 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7201 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7202 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7206 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7208 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7209 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7210 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7214 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7216 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7217 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7219 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7220 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7222 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7223 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7226 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7227 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7228 the bar might not be in the window. */
7229 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7231 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7232 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7233 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7237 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7238 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7239 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7240 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7241 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7244 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7245 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7246 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7247 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7248 that the glyph is legible. */
7249 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7250 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7252 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7253 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7256 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7259 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7260 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7263 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7265 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7267 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7270 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7271 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7273 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7275 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7276 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7277 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7278 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7280 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7281 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7282 width
, row
->height
);
7286 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7289 width
= row
->height
;
7291 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7293 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7294 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7296 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7297 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7298 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7299 row
->height
- width
),
7300 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7303 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7308 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7311 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7313 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7314 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7315 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7316 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7320 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7323 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7325 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7326 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7328 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7329 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7330 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7335 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7338 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7340 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7344 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7345 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7347 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7348 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7349 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7350 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7352 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7353 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7357 switch (cursor_type
)
7359 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7360 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7363 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7364 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7368 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7372 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7376 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7385 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7386 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7387 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7392 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7399 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7402 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7406 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7409 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7410 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7411 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7412 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7417 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7418 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7419 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7421 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7422 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7423 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7427 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7428 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7434 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7435 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7438 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7440 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7442 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7446 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7449 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7450 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7454 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7455 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7459 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7460 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7461 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7462 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7463 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7465 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7468 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7469 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7475 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7476 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7479 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7481 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7486 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7487 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7489 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7490 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7493 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7494 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7495 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7496 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7501 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7503 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7504 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7506 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7507 be called from a signal handler.
7510 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7511 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7513 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7515 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7517 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7518 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7519 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7522 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7524 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7525 x_error_message
->string
,
7526 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7529 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7530 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7533 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7534 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7535 stored in *x_error_message.
7537 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7538 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7540 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7543 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7545 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7547 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7551 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7552 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7553 x_error_message
= data
;
7556 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7557 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7560 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7562 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7566 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7567 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7568 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7569 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7571 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7572 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7577 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7578 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7579 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7582 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7584 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7587 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7589 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7590 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7591 x_uncatch_errors ();
7592 error (format
, string
);
7596 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7597 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7600 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7602 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7605 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7608 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7611 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7613 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7616 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7617 * idea. --lorentey */
7618 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7621 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7623 while (x_error_message
)
7624 x_uncatch_errors ();
7628 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7631 x_catching_errors (void)
7633 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7637 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7640 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7645 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7646 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7647 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7648 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7649 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7652 x_connection_signal (int signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7653 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7656 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7657 must reestablish each time */
7658 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7663 /************************************************************************
7665 ************************************************************************/
7667 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7669 static char *error_msg
;
7671 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7672 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7675 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7677 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7678 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7679 int idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7681 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7682 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7683 handling_signal
= 0;
7685 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7686 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7690 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7692 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7693 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7696 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7697 that are on the dead display. */
7698 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7700 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7702 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7703 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7704 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7705 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7706 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7707 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7710 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7711 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7712 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7713 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7714 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7715 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7717 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7718 trying to find a replacement. */
7719 KVAR (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
) = Qt
;
7720 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7723 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7724 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7727 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7728 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7729 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7731 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7732 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7733 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7734 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7735 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7736 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7737 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7738 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7739 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7742 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7744 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7745 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7747 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7748 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7749 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7750 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7755 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7756 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7760 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7762 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7763 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7767 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7769 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7771 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7772 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7774 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7775 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7777 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7778 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7780 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7781 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7782 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7783 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7786 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7787 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7788 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7790 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7791 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7794 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7796 if (x_error_message
)
7797 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7799 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7803 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7804 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7805 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7807 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7809 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7810 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7812 static void NO_INLINE
7813 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7815 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7817 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7818 or colors that are not defined. */
7820 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7823 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7824 original error handler. */
7826 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7827 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7828 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7829 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7833 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7834 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7835 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7838 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7842 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7843 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7847 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7849 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7850 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7851 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7855 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7857 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7860 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7861 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7862 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7863 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7867 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7868 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7869 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7870 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7871 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7873 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7875 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7876 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7878 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7879 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7880 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7884 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7885 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7888 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7890 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7891 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7892 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7893 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7894 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7899 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7902 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7911 /***********************************************************************
7913 ***********************************************************************/
7919 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7920 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7921 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7924 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7926 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7927 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7931 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7932 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7934 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7935 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7937 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7938 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7942 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7943 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7944 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7948 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7951 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7952 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7955 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7956 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7959 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7967 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
7968 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7975 XIMCallback destroy
;
7978 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7979 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7982 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7983 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7984 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
7990 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7991 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7995 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7997 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
7998 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
7999 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8000 when the callback was registered. */
8003 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8005 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8006 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8008 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8012 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8014 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8015 as they have no XIC. */
8016 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8018 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8021 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8023 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8026 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8027 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8029 create_frame_xic (f
);
8030 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8031 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8032 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8034 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8035 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8044 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8047 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8048 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8049 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8050 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8053 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8055 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8059 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8060 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8063 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8064 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8065 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8066 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8067 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8068 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8069 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8070 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8071 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8072 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8073 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8074 least, hence the configure test. */
8075 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8076 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8077 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8078 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8080 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8084 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8087 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8092 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8093 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8094 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8096 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8097 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8098 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8099 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8100 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8101 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8102 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8103 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8105 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8108 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8112 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8113 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8116 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8118 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8120 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8121 is already for the top-left corner. */
8122 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8125 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8126 position that fits on the screen. */
8127 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8128 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8129 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8132 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8134 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8135 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8136 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8138 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8139 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8140 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8141 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8144 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8145 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8147 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8150 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8151 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8152 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8155 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8156 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8157 so the flags should correspond. */
8158 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8161 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8162 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8163 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8164 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8165 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8168 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8170 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8172 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8174 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8175 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8179 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8181 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8183 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8184 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8186 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8189 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8191 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8192 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8194 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8196 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8197 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8198 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8199 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8200 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8203 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8204 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8206 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8207 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8210 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8211 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8212 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8213 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8216 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8217 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8218 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8220 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8221 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8222 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8223 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8224 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8225 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8230 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8231 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8232 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8233 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8234 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8237 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8240 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8241 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8242 Window wmcheck_window
;
8243 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8244 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8245 long max_len
= 65536;
8246 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8247 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8248 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8252 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8253 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8254 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8255 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8256 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8257 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8259 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8261 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8262 x_uncatch_errors ();
8267 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8270 /* Check if window exists. */
8271 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8273 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8275 x_uncatch_errors ();
8280 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8282 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8283 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8284 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8285 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8286 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8287 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8289 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8291 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8292 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8293 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8294 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8295 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8297 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8299 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8300 x_uncatch_errors ();
8305 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8306 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8307 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8312 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8313 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8315 x_uncatch_errors ();
8322 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8324 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8326 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8327 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8329 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8331 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8333 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8335 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8340 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8343 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8345 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8347 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8348 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8351 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8352 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8353 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not. */
8356 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8362 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8363 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8364 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8365 long max_len
= 65536;
8366 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8367 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8368 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8371 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8374 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8375 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8376 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8377 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8378 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8380 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8382 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8383 x_uncatch_errors ();
8388 x_uncatch_errors ();
8390 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8392 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8393 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8395 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8396 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8398 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8400 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8402 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8403 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8405 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8407 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8408 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8409 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8413 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8417 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8420 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8422 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8423 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8426 get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8428 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8429 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8431 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8433 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8437 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8439 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8440 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8441 are sent at once. */
8442 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8444 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8445 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8446 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8447 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8448 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8449 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8451 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8452 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8453 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8454 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8455 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8456 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8457 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8459 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8460 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8461 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8462 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8463 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8464 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8465 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8467 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8468 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8469 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8470 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8471 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8473 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8474 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8475 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8477 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8478 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8481 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8485 return have_net_atom
;
8489 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8491 if (f
->async_visible
)
8494 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8502 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8504 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8508 get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8512 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8515 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8518 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8521 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8526 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8527 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8530 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8531 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8533 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8535 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8538 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8539 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8541 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8542 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8543 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8545 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8547 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8548 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8550 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8552 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8553 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8554 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8555 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8556 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8558 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8559 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8561 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8562 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8565 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8570 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8571 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8572 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8573 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8574 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8575 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8576 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8579 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8581 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8583 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8584 window manager window around the frame. */
8586 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8588 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8590 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8595 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8596 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8597 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8599 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8601 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8602 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8604 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8605 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8607 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8610 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8611 frame's position. */
8613 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8617 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8618 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8619 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8620 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8621 of an exact comparison. */
8624 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8628 while (count
++ < 50)
8630 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8632 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8633 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8636 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8637 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8641 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8644 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8645 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8648 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8652 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8653 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8655 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8659 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8661 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8663 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8666 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8667 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8669 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8670 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8672 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticable.
8673 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8674 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8675 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8676 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8678 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8680 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8681 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8682 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8684 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8689 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8690 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8692 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8693 break; /* Timeout */
8695 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8696 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8700 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8701 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8702 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8703 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8706 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8708 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8710 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8711 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8712 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8714 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8716 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8718 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8719 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8720 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8721 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8723 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8724 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8725 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8726 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8729 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8730 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8731 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8732 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8733 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8735 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8736 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8737 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8738 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8740 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8741 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8742 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8743 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8744 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8746 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8749 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8750 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8751 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8752 if (f
->async_visible
)
8753 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8756 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8757 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8758 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8764 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8765 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8766 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8767 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8770 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8774 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8778 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8779 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8780 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8781 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8782 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8783 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8784 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8785 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8786 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8787 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8789 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8791 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8792 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8793 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8794 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8795 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8796 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8797 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8801 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8802 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8804 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8805 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8807 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8809 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8811 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8812 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8814 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8815 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8816 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8817 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8818 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8823 /* Mouse warping. */
8826 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8830 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8831 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8833 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8834 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8836 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8837 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8841 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8842 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8846 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8849 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8853 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8854 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8858 /* Raise frame F. */
8861 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8864 if (f
->async_visible
)
8865 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8867 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8871 /* Lower frame F. */
8874 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8876 if (f
->async_visible
)
8879 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8880 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8885 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8888 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
8890 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8891 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8893 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8894 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8897 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8898 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8899 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8901 Fcons (make_number (1),
8902 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
8908 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
8916 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8918 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8920 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8922 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8925 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8927 unsigned long data
[2];
8928 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8930 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8933 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8934 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
8935 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8937 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
8940 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
8941 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8945 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8946 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
8947 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
8948 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8949 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
8950 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
8951 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
8952 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
8953 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
8955 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
8956 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
8957 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8960 /* Change of visibility. */
8962 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8963 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8964 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8965 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8966 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8967 finishes with it. */
8970 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
8973 int original_top
, original_left
;
8974 int retry_count
= 2;
8980 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8982 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8984 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8986 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8987 call x_set_offset a second time
8988 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8989 before the window gets really visible. */
8990 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8991 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
8992 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8993 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8995 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8997 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8998 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8999 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9000 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9001 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9004 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9005 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9007 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9009 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9010 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9012 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9013 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9015 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9016 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9017 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9020 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9022 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9023 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9024 so that incoming events are handled. */
9028 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9029 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9030 will set it when they are handled. */
9031 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9033 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9034 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9036 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9039 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9041 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9042 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9043 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9044 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9046 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9047 because the window manager may choose the position
9048 and we don't want to override it. */
9050 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9051 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9052 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9053 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9054 && previously_visible
)
9058 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9062 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9063 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9064 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9065 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9066 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9067 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9068 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9069 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9070 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9072 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9073 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9074 original_left
, original_top
);
9079 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9081 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9082 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9083 MapNotify at all.. */
9084 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9085 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9087 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9090 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9091 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9092 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9093 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9094 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9096 if (input_polling_used ())
9098 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9099 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9100 handler reset it. */
9101 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9102 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9103 poll_for_input_1 ();
9104 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9107 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9108 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9113 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9117 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9118 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9119 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9120 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9122 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9127 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9129 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9132 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9136 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9137 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9139 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9140 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9141 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9145 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9146 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9147 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9148 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9149 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9150 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9153 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9154 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9157 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9158 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9163 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9164 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9166 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9167 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9171 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9172 just by the event that we get from the server.
9173 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9174 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9175 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9177 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9178 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9179 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9186 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9189 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9191 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9196 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9197 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9198 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9200 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9205 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9207 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9209 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9212 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9214 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9215 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9217 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9220 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9221 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9227 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9229 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9231 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9232 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9233 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9234 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9235 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9236 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9237 so we have to record it here. */
9240 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9241 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9246 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9247 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9248 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9252 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9254 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9255 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9259 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9261 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9263 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9264 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9265 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9266 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9267 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9268 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9270 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9271 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9273 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9274 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9278 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9279 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9280 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9281 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9282 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9284 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9285 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9287 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9290 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9291 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9295 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9297 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9299 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9301 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9302 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9305 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9306 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9308 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9310 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9314 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9317 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9319 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9320 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9321 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9323 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9328 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9329 commands to the X server. */
9330 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9332 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9333 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9335 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9336 free_frame_faces (f
);
9338 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9339 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9341 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9342 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9343 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9344 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9345 toolkit scroll bars. */
9346 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9348 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9349 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9358 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9359 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9361 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9362 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9364 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9365 we are using a toolkit. */
9366 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9367 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9369 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9370 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9373 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9374 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9376 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9377 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9378 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9380 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9381 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9382 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9383 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9384 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9385 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9387 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9388 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9389 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9390 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9391 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9392 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9393 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9394 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9395 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9396 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9397 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9398 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9399 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9400 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9401 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9404 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9407 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9408 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9409 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9411 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9412 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9413 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9414 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9415 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9416 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9418 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9420 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9421 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9422 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9423 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9424 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9425 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9426 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9433 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9436 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9438 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9440 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9441 commands to the X server. */
9442 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9443 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9445 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9449 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9451 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9452 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9453 that the window now has.
9454 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9455 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9456 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9460 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, int user_position
)
9462 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9463 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9465 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9466 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9468 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9469 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9471 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9472 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9474 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9475 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9476 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9477 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9478 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9479 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9481 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9483 int base_width
, base_height
;
9484 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9486 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9487 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9489 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9491 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9492 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9493 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9494 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9495 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9497 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9498 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9499 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9501 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9502 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9503 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9504 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9505 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9508 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9511 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9516 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9517 long supplied_return
;
9520 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9524 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9529 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9530 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9531 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9532 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9533 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9534 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9535 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9536 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9543 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9544 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9548 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9549 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9551 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9553 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9555 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9557 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9560 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9562 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9565 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9566 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9567 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9568 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9570 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9571 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9573 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9574 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9578 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, int pixmap_id
)
9580 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9582 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9583 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9588 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9589 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9590 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9591 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9595 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9603 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9607 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9611 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9612 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9613 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9614 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9617 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9619 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9620 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9622 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9626 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9628 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9630 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9631 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9632 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9634 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9638 /***********************************************************************
9640 ***********************************************************************/
9644 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9648 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9652 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9653 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9654 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9657 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9660 /***********************************************************************
9662 ***********************************************************************/
9664 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9665 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9666 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9667 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9669 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9670 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9671 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9673 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9674 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9675 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9676 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9677 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9678 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9679 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9682 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9684 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9686 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9688 static int x_initialized
;
9690 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9691 the screen number from the server number. */
9693 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9696 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9697 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9698 int length_until_period
= 0;
9700 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9701 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9702 length_until_period
++;
9704 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9705 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9707 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9709 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9710 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9711 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9712 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9713 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9714 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9715 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9716 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9717 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9718 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9719 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9720 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9721 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9722 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9724 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9728 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9732 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9733 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9736 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9737 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9740 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9761 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9762 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9765 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9770 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9772 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9780 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9781 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9783 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9784 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9788 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9789 the structure that describes the open display.
9790 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9792 struct x_display_info
*
9793 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9797 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9798 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9800 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9810 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9811 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9817 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9818 char **argv2
= argv
;
9821 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9823 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9827 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9828 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9830 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9834 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9836 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9838 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9839 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9842 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9843 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9845 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9847 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9848 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9850 static char fix_events
[] = "GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1";
9851 putenv (fix_events
);
9854 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9855 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9856 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9857 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9858 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9859 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9861 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
9865 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9867 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
9868 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9870 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION <= 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION <= 90
9871 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9873 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9874 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9876 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
9877 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9879 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9880 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9884 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9885 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9888 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9889 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9890 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9892 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9893 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9894 So let's not use it until R6. */
9896 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9907 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9908 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9910 turn_on_atimers (0);
9911 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9912 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9913 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9915 turn_on_atimers (1);
9918 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9923 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9924 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9925 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
9926 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9927 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9929 /* Detect failure. */
9936 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9938 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
9939 memset (dpyinfo
, 0, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9940 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9942 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
9945 struct x_display_info
*share
;
9948 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
9949 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9950 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
9951 SSDATA (display_name
)))
9954 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
9957 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
9958 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
9959 KVAR (terminal
->kboard
, Vwindow_system
) = Qx
;
9961 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
9962 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
9963 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
9964 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
9965 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
9967 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
9969 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
9971 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
9972 list of terminals. */
9973 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
9974 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
9975 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
9976 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
9978 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
9979 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
9981 KVAR (terminal
->kboard
, Vsystem_key_alist
)
9982 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
9983 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
9985 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
9986 terminal_list
= terminal
;
9990 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
9991 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
9992 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
9993 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
9994 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
9996 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
9999 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10000 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10001 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10003 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10004 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10005 x_display_name_list
);
10006 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10008 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10010 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10011 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10012 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SSDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10013 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10016 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10020 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10021 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10023 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10024 SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10026 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10027 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10029 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10031 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10032 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10033 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10035 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10036 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10038 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10039 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10040 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10041 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10043 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10045 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10047 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10049 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10050 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10051 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10052 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10053 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10054 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10055 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10056 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10057 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10058 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10059 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10060 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10061 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10062 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10063 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10064 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10065 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10066 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10067 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10068 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10069 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10070 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10071 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10072 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10073 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10074 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10075 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10076 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10078 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10079 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10080 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10082 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10084 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10085 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10086 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10087 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10088 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10089 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10092 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10093 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10095 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10098 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10099 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10100 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10102 if (STRINGP (value
)
10103 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10104 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10105 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10109 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10110 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10114 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10115 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10116 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10117 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10118 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10120 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10122 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10123 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10127 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10129 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10130 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10131 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10132 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10133 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10134 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10135 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10136 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10137 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10146 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10147 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10148 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10149 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10150 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10151 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10152 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10153 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10154 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10155 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10156 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10157 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10158 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10159 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10160 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10161 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10162 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10163 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10164 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10165 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10166 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10167 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10168 /* For properties of font. */
10169 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10170 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10171 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10172 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10173 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10174 /* Ghostscript support. */
10175 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10176 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10177 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10178 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10180 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10181 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10182 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10183 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10184 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10185 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10186 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10187 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10188 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10189 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10190 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10191 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10192 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10193 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10194 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10195 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10196 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10197 /* Session management */
10198 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10199 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10200 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10204 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10205 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10206 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10207 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (sizeof (Atom
) * total_atom_count
);
10208 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * total_atom_count
);
10209 char xsettings_atom_name
[64];
10211 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10212 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10214 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10215 snprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, sizeof (xsettings_atom_name
),
10216 "_XSETTINGS_S%d", XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10217 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10219 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10220 False
, atoms_return
);
10222 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10223 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10225 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10226 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10228 xfree (atom_names
);
10229 xfree (atoms_return
);
10232 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10233 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10234 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10235 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10237 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10238 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10239 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10241 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10242 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10246 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10248 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10249 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10253 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10256 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10258 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10259 if (connection
!= 0)
10260 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10263 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10264 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10267 if (interrupt_input
)
10268 init_sigio (connection
);
10269 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10273 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10276 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10277 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10278 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10279 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10280 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10281 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10282 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10283 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10284 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10286 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10287 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10288 x_uncatch_errors ();
10292 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10293 for debugging X code. */
10296 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10297 build_string ("synchronous"),
10298 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10300 if (STRINGP (value
)
10301 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10302 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10303 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10308 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10309 build_string ("useXIM"),
10310 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10313 if (STRINGP (value
)
10314 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10315 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10318 if (STRINGP (value
)
10319 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10320 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10326 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10327 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10329 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10330 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10338 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10339 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10342 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10344 struct terminal
*t
;
10346 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10348 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10349 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10352 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10353 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10354 x_session_close ();
10356 delete_terminal (t
);
10360 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10362 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10363 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10364 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10365 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10366 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10371 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10372 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10374 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10376 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10379 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10383 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10384 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10386 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10387 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10390 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10392 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10393 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10394 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10397 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10398 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10399 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10403 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10405 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10406 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10407 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10408 that slows us down. */
10411 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10414 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10415 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10417 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10418 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10419 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10420 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10425 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10426 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10427 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10428 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10429 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10430 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10431 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10434 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10437 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10439 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10441 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10442 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10443 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10448 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10451 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10453 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10455 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10457 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10461 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10463 x_after_update_window_line
,
10464 x_update_window_begin
,
10465 x_update_window_end
,
10471 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10473 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10474 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10475 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10476 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10477 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10478 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10479 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10480 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10481 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10482 x_clear_frame_area
,
10483 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10484 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10485 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10489 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10491 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10493 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10495 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10496 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10497 if (!terminal
->name
)
10502 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10505 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10508 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10509 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10510 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10512 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10513 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10515 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10516 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10517 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10518 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10520 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10521 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10522 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10523 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10524 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10525 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10526 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10527 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10528 leaks in other situations. */
10530 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10531 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10533 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10535 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10536 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10537 closing all the displays. */
10538 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10542 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10544 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10545 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10547 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10549 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10552 /* Mark as dead. */
10553 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10554 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10558 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10559 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10561 static struct terminal
*
10562 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10564 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10566 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10568 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10569 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10570 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10572 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10574 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10575 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10576 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10577 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10578 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10579 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10580 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10581 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10582 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10583 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10584 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10585 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10586 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10587 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10588 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10589 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10590 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10591 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10592 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10593 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10595 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10596 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10598 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10599 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10600 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10601 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10602 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10603 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10610 x_initialize (void)
10615 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10616 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10617 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10620 current_count
= -1;
10623 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10624 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10626 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10627 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10629 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10631 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10632 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10633 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10634 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10635 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10636 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10637 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10639 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10642 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10644 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10645 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10649 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10650 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10651 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10653 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10654 original error handler. */
10655 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10656 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10658 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10660 xgselect_initialize ();
10665 syms_of_xterm (void)
10667 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10669 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10670 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10672 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10673 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10675 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10676 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern_c_string ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10678 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10679 Qlatin_1
= intern_c_string ("latin-1");
10681 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10682 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10685 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10686 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10688 Qx_gtk_map_stock
= intern_c_string ("x-gtk-map-stock");
10689 staticpro (&Qx_gtk_map_stock
);
10692 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10693 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10694 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10695 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10696 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10697 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10698 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10700 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10702 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10703 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10704 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10705 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10706 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10707 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10708 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10710 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10711 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10712 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10713 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10714 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10715 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10716 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10717 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10718 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10720 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10721 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10722 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10723 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10724 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10725 With MS Windows, the value is t. */);
10726 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10728 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10729 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10730 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10732 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10734 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10737 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10740 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10741 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10743 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10744 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10745 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10746 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10747 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10748 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10749 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10750 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10751 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10753 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10754 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10755 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10756 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10757 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10758 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10760 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10761 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10762 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10763 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10764 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10765 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10767 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10768 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10769 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10770 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10771 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10772 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10774 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10775 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10776 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10777 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10778 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10779 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10781 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10782 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10783 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10784 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10785 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10789 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */